blob: 98d1f4c6af5c649ef9f1d2aadd46efe32cb1d5f2 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000119 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
130 }
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
132 // block or function pointer call.
133 QualType Ty = V->getType();
134 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
135 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +0000136 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
137 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000138 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
140 unsigned k;
141 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
142 if (nullPos)
143 --nullPos;
144 else
145 ++i;
146 }
147 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
148 }
149 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
150 isMethod = 2;
151 }
152 else
153 return;
154 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000155 else
156 return;
157
158 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 return;
162 }
163 int sentinel = i;
164 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
165 --sentinelPos;
166 ++i;
167 }
168 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
169 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000170 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000171 return;
172 }
173 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
174 ++i;
175 ++sentinel;
176 }
177 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
178 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
179 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000180 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000181 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000182 }
183 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000184}
185
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000186SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
187 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
188 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
189}
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192// Standard Promotions and Conversions
193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000195/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
196void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
197 QualType Ty = E->getType();
198 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
199
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
201 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000202 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
203 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
204 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
205 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
206 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
207 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
208 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000209 //
210 // C++ 4.2p1:
211 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
212 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
213 //
214 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000216 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
217 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000220/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
221/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
222///
223/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
224/// promotion occurs.
225static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000226 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
227 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return QualType();
229
230 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
231 if (!BT)
232 return QualType();
233
234 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
235 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
237 return QualType();
238
239 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
240 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
241 return QualType();
242
243 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
244 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
245 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
246 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
247 return Context.IntTy;
248
249 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
250 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
251
252 return QualType();
253}
254
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000255/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
256/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
257/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
258/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
259/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
260Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
263
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000264 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
265 //
266 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
267 // unsigned int may be used:
268 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
269 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
270 // and unsigned int.
271 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
272 //
273 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
274 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
275 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
276 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
277 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000279 return Expr;
280 } else {
281 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
282 if (!T.isNull()) {
283 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
284 return Expr;
285 }
286 }
287
288 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 return Expr;
290}
291
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000292/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
293/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
294/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
295void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
296 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
297 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
298
299 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
300 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
301 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
302 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
303
304 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
305}
306
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000307/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
308/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
309/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
310/// completely illegal.
311bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000312 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
313
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000314 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
315 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
316 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
317 << Expr->getType() << CT;
318 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000319 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000320
321 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
322 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
323 << Expr->getType() << CT;
324
325 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000326}
327
328
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
330/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
331/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
332/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
333/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
334/// GCC.
335QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
336 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339
340 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000341
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
343 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000344 QualType lhs =
345 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
346 QualType rhs =
347 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000348
349 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
350 if (lhs == rhs)
351 return lhs;
352
353 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
354 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
355 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
356 return lhs;
357
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000358 // Perform bitfield promotions.
359 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
363 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
364 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
365
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000367 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000368 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000370 return destType;
371}
372
373QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
374 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
375 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
376 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
377 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
378 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000379 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 lhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
383 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
384 rhs = Context.IntTy;
385 else
386 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000387
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000388 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
389 if (lhs == rhs)
390 return lhs;
391
392 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
393 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
394 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
395 return lhs;
396
397 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
398
399 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
400 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
401 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
402 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return lhs;
405 }
406 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
407 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000408 return rhs;
409 }
410 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
411 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
412 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
413 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
414 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
415 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
416 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
417 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
418 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
419 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
420 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
421
422 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
423 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000424 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
425 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000426 }
427 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
428 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
429 // does not require this promotion.
430 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
431 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000432 return rhs;
433 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000434 return lhs;
435 }
436 }
437 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
438 }
439 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
440 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
441 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000443 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 return lhs;
445 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000446 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
447 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
448 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
449 }
450 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000451 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 return rhs;
453 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000454 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
455 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
456 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
457 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
459 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
460 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000461 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000463 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
464 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000465 }
466 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
467 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
468 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
469 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470
471 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
472 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000473 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
474 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return rhs;
476 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return lhs;
479 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
480 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000481 return rhs;
482 }
483 }
484 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
485 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
486 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
487 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
488 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
489 QualType destType;
490 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
491 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
492 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
493 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
494 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
495 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
496 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
497 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
498 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
499 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
500 // use the signed type.
501 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
502 } else {
503 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
504 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
505 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
506 // to the signed type.
507 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
508 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000509 return destType;
510}
511
512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
513// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
515
516
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000517/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000518/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
519/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
520/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
521/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000522///
523Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000524Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000525 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
526
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000527 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000528 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000529 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000530
531 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
532 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
533 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000536 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000537 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000538
539 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
541 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000543 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
544 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
545 // strings.
546 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000547 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000548 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000549
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000550 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000551 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
552 Literal.GetStringLength(),
553 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
554 &StringTokLocs[0],
555 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000556}
557
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000558/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
559/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
560/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
561/// for values inside the block or for globals).
562///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000563/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
564/// up-to-date.
565///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000566static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
567 ValueDecl *VD) {
568 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
569 // we wanted to.
570 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
574 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
575 return false;
576
577 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
578 // snapshot it.
579 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
580 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000581 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
582 return false;
583
584 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
585 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
586
587 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
588 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
589 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
590 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
591 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
592 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
593 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
594 // having a reference outside it.
595 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
596 break;
597
598 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
599 // a snapshot as well.
600 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
601 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000602
603 return true;
604}
605
606
607
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000608/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000609/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000610/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000611/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000612/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
614 IdentifierInfo &II,
615 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000616 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
617 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
618 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000619 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000620}
621
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000622/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
623/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
624/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000625Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
627 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
628 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
630 Diag(Loc,
631 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
632 << D->getDeclName();
633 return ExprError();
634 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000635
636 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
637 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
638 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
639 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
641 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
642 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
643 << D->getIdentifier();
644 return ExprError();
645 }
646 }
647 }
648 }
649
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000650 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651
652 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
655 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000656 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000657 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000658 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
659
660 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
664/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
665/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000666static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
667 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000668 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
669 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
670
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000671 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
672 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
673 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000675 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
676 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000677 D != DEnd; ++D) {
678 if (*D == Record) {
679 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
680 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
681 ++D;
682 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000683 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 return *D;
685 }
686 }
687
688 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
689 return 0;
690}
691
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000692/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
693/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
694/// actual member.
695///
696/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
697/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
698/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
699/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
700/// we found.
701///
702/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
703/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
704/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
705VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
706 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
708 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
709 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
710
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000711 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
713 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
714 do {
715 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000716 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000717 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000718 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000719 else {
720 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
721 break;
722 }
723 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
724 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
725 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000726
727 return BaseObject;
728}
729
730Sema::OwningExprResult
731Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
732 FieldDecl *Field,
733 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
734 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
735 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
736 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
737 AnonFields);
738
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000739 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
740 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
741 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
742 // found via name lookup.
743 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
744 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
745 if (BaseObject) {
746 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
747 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000748 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000750 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000752 ExtraQuals
753 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
754 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
755 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
756 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
757 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
758 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +0000759 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000760 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
761 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
762 }
763 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
764 } else {
765 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
766 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
767 // program our base object expression is "this".
768 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
769 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
770 QualType AnonFieldType
771 = Context.getTagDeclType(
772 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
773 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
774 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
775 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
776 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
777 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000778 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000779 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
781 }
782 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
784 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 }
786 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
787 }
788
789 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
791 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000792 }
793
794 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
795 // anonymous struct/union.
796 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000797 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000798 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
799 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
800 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
801 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
802 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
803 unsigned combinedQualifiers
804 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
805 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
806 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000807 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
808 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000809 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000810 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
811 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000812 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
813 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814 }
815
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000816 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000817}
818
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000819/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
820/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
821/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
822/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
823/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
824/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
825/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
826/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
827/// forms.
828///
829/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
830/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
831/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
832/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000833///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000834/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
835/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
836/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
837/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000838Sema::OwningExprResult
839Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
840 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000841 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000842 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000844 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
845 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000846
847 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
848 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
849 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
850 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000851 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000852 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000853 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
854 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000855 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
856 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000857 }
858
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000859 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
860 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000861
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000862 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
863 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
864 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
865 : SourceRange());
866 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000867 }
868
869 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000870
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
872 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000873 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
874 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000875 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
876 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000877 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
878 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
879 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000880 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000881 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000882 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000883 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000884 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000885 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
886 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000887
888 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
889 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
890 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
891 return ExprError();
892
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000893 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
894 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
895 // an error.
896 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
897 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
898 << IV->getDeclName());
899 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
900 // same name exists, use the global.
901 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000902 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
903 ClassDeclared != IFace)
904 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000905 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
906 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000907 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000908 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
909 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000910 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000911 return Owned(new (Context)
912 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000913 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000915 }
916 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000917 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
918 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
919 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000921 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000922 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
923 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000924 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000925 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000926 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000927 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000928 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000929 QualType T;
930
931 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000932 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
933 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000934 else
935 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000936 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000937 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000938 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000939
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000940 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
941 // argument-dependent lookup.
942 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
943 HasTrailingLParen;
944
945 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000946 // We've seen something of the form
947 //
948 // identifier(
949 //
950 // and we did not find any entity by the name
951 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
952 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
953 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
954 Context.OverloadTy,
955 Loc));
956 }
957
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000958 if (D == 0) {
959 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
960 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000962 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000963 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000964 else {
965 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
966 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000967 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
969 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000970 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
971 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000972 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
973 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000974 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000976 }
977 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000978
979 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
980 // Warn about constructs like:
981 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
982 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
983
984 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
985 // information to check this property.
986 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
987 Scope *CheckS = S;
988 while (CheckS) {
989 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
990 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
991 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
992 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
993 << Var->getDeclName());
994 else
995 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
996 << Var->getDeclName());
997 break;
998 }
999
1000 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1001 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1002 if (CheckS)
1003 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1004 }
1005 }
1006 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1007 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1008 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1009 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1010 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1011 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1012 // type.
1013 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1014 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001015
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001016 QualType T = Func->getType();
1017 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1018 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1019 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1020 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1021 }
1022 }
1023
1024 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1025}
1026
1027/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1028Sema::OwningExprResult
1029Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1030 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1031 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1032 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1033 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1034 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1035
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001036 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1037 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1038 // not any specific instance's member.
1039 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001040 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001041 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001042 QualType DType;
1043 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1044 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1045 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1046 DType = Method->getType();
1047 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1048 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1049 }
1050 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1051 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1052 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1053 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001054 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001055 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001056 }
1057 }
1058 }
1059
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001060 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1061 // (C++ [class.union]).
1062 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1063 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1064 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001065
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001066 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1067 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1068 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1069 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1070 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1071 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1072 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1073 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1074 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1075 QualType MemberType;
1076 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1077 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1078 MemberType = FD->getType();
1079
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001080 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001081 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1082 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1083 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1084 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1085 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1086 }
1087 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1088 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1089 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1090 MemberType = Method->getType();
1091 }
1092 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1093 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1094 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1095 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1096 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1097 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1098 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1099 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1100 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1101 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1102 break;
1103 }
1104 }
1105 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001106
1107 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001108 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1109 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1110 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1111 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1112 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1113 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001114 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001115 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001116 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001117 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001118 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001119 }
1120 }
1121 }
1122 }
1123
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001124 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001125 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1126 if (MD->isStatic())
1127 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001128 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1129 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001130 }
1131
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001132 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1133 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1134 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001135 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1136 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001137 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001138
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001139 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001140 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001141 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001142 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001143 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001144 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001145
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001146 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001147 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001148 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1149 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001150 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001151 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1152 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001153 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001154
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001155 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1156 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1157 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1158 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001159 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1160 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001161 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1162 return ExprError();
1163
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001164 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1165 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001166 return ExprError();
1167
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001168 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1169 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1170 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1171 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001172 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001173 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1174 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1175 //
1176 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001177 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001178 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001179 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001180 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001181 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001182 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1183 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001184 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001185
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001186 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001187 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1188 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001189 }
1190 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1191 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001192
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001193 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001194 bool ValueDependent = false;
1195 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1196 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1197 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1198 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1199 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1200 TypeDependent = true;
1201 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1202 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1203 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1204 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1205 TypeDependent = true;
1206 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1207 // names a dependent type.
1208 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001209 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001210 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1211 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001212 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001213 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1214 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1215 TypeDependent = true;
1216 break;
1217 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001218 }
1219 }
1220 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001221
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001222 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1223 //
1224 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1225 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1226 if (TypeDependent)
1227 ValueDependent = true;
1228 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1229 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1230 ValueDependent = true;
1231 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1232 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001233 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1234 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1235 Dcl->getInit()) {
1236 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1237 }
1238 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001239 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001240
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001241 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1242 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001243}
1244
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001245Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1246 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001247 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001248
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001249 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001250 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001251 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1252 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1253 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001254 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001255
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001256 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1257 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001258 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001259 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1260 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001261 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1262 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1263 else {
1264 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1265 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1266 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1267 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
1269
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001270 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001271 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001272 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001273 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001274}
1275
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001277 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1278 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1279 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1280 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001281
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001282 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1283 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1284 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001285 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001286
1287 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1288
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001289 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1290 Literal.isWide(),
1291 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001292}
1293
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001294Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1295 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001296 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1297 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001298 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001299 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001300 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001301 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001302 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001303
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001304 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001305 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1306 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001307 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001308
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1310 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001312 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1313 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1314 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315 return ExprError();
1316
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001317 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001318
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001319 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001320 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001321 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001322 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001323 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001324 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001325 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001326 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001327
1328 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1329
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001330 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1331 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001332 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1333 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001334
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001335 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001336 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001337 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001338 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001339
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001340 // long long is a C99 feature.
1341 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001342 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001343 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1344
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001345 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001346 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001347
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001348 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1349 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1350 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001351 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1352 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001353 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001354 } else {
1355 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1356 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001357
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001358 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1359 // be an unsigned int.
1360 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1361
1362 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001363 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001364 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1365 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001366 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001367
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001368 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1369 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1370 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1371 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001372 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001373 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001374 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001375 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001376 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001377 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001378
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001379 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001380 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001381 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001383 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1384 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1385 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1386 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001387 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001388 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001389 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001390 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001391 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001392 }
1393
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001394 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001395 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001396 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001397
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001398 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1399 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1400 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1401 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001402 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001404 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001405 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001406 }
1407 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001408
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001409 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1410 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001411 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001412 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001413 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001414 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001415 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001416
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001417 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1418 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001419 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001420 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001421 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001422
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001423 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1424 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001425 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1426 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001427
1428 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001429}
1430
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001431Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1432 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001433 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001434 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001435 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001436}
1437
1438/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1439/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001440bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001441 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1442 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1443 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001444 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1445 return false;
1446
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001447 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001448 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001449 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001450 if (isSizeof)
1451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1452 return false;
1453 }
1454
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001455 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001456 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001457 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1458 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001459 return false;
1460 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001461
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001462 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1463 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1464 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1465 ExprRange))
1466 return true;
1467
1468 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001469 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001470 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001471 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1472 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001473 }
1474
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001475 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001476}
1477
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001478bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1479 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1480 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001481
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001482 // alignof decl is always ok.
1483 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1484 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001485
1486 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1487 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1488 return false;
1489
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001490 if (E->getBitField()) {
1491 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1492 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001493 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001494
1495 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1496 // bit-field.
1497 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001498 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001499 return false;
1500
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001501 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1502}
1503
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001504/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1505Action::OwningExprResult
1506Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1507 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1508 if (T.isNull())
1509 return ExprError();
1510
1511 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1512 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1513 return ExprError();
1514
1515 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1516 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1517 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1518 R.getEnd()));
1519}
1520
1521/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1522/// operand.
1523Action::OwningExprResult
1524Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1525 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1526 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1527 bool isInvalid = false;
1528 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1529 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1530 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1531 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001532 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001533 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1534 isInvalid = true;
1535 } else {
1536 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1537 }
1538
1539 if (isInvalid)
1540 return ExprError();
1541
1542 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1543 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1544 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1545 R.getEnd()));
1546}
1547
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001548/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1549/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1550/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001552Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1553 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001554 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001555 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001556
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001557 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001558 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1559 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1560 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001561
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001562 // Get the end location.
1563 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1564 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1565 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1566
1567 if (Result.isInvalid())
1568 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1569
1570 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001571}
1572
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001573QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001574 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1575 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001576
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001577 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001578 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1579 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001580
1581 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1582 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1583 return V->getType();
1584
1585 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001586 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1587 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001588 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001589}
1590
1591
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001592
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001593Action::OwningExprResult
1594Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1595 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1596 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001597
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001598 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1599 switch (Kind) {
1600 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1601 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1602 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1603 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1606 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1607 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001609 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1610
1611 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1612 //
1613 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1614 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1615 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1616 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1617 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1618 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1619 // argument will have value zero.
1620 Expr *Args[2] = {
1621 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001622 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1623 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001624 };
1625
1626 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1627 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001628 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001629
1630 // Perform overload resolution.
1631 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001632 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001633 case OR_Success: {
1634 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1635 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1636
1637 if (FnDecl) {
1638 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1639 // operator.
1640
1641 // Convert the arguments.
1642 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1643 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001644 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001645 } else {
1646 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001648 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1649 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001650 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001651 }
1652
1653 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001654 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001655 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1656 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001657
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001658 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001659 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001660 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001661 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1662
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001663 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001664 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001665 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1666 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1667 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001668 } else {
1669 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1670 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1671 // operator node.
1672 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1673 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675
1676 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001677 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001678 }
1679
1680 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1681 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1682 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1683 break;
1684
1685 case OR_Ambiguous:
1686 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1687 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1688 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1689 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001690 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001691
1692 case OR_Deleted:
1693 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1694 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1695 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1696 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1697 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1698 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001699 }
1700
1701 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1702 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1703 // build a built-in operation.
1704 }
1705
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001706 Input.release();
1707 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001708 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001709}
1710
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001711Action::OwningExprResult
1712Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1713 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1714 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1715 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001716
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001717 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001718 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1719 Base.release();
1720 Idx.release();
1721 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1722 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1723 }
1724
1725 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001726 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001727 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1728 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1729 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001730 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1731 // to the candidate set.
1732 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1733 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001734 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1735 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001736
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001737 // Perform overload resolution.
1738 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001739 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001740 case OR_Success: {
1741 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1742 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1743
1744 if (FnDecl) {
1745 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1746 // operator.
1747
1748 // Convert the arguments.
1749 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1750 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1751 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1752 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1753 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001754 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001755 } else {
1756 // Convert the arguments.
1757 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1758 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1759 "passing") ||
1760 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1761 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1762 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001764 }
1765
1766 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001767 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001768 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1769 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001770
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001771 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001772 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1773 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001774 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1775
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001776 Base.release();
1777 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001778 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1779 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001780 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1781 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001782 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001783 } else {
1784 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1785 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1786 // operator node.
1787 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1788 "passing") ||
1789 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1790 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001791 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001792
1793 break;
1794 }
1795 }
1796
1797 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1798 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1799 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1800 break;
1801
1802 case OR_Ambiguous:
1803 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1804 << "[]"
1805 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1806 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001807 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001808
1809 case OR_Deleted:
1810 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1811 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1812 << "[]"
1813 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1814 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001816 }
1817
1818 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1819 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1820 // build a built-in operation.
1821 }
1822
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001823 // Perform default conversions.
1824 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1825 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001826
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001827 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001828
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001829 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001830 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001831 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001832 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001833 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1834 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001835 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1836 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1837 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1838 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001839 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001840 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1841 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001842 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001843 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001844 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001845 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1846 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001847 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001848 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1849 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1850 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1851 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1852 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1853 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1854 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1855 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1856 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1857 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1858 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001859 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1860 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001861 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001862
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001863 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1864 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001865 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1866 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1867 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1868 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1869 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1870 // force the promotion here.
1871 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1872 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1873 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1874 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1875
1876 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1877 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001878 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001879 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1880 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1881 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1882 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1883 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1884 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1885
1886 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1887 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001888 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001889 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001890 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1891 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001892 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001893 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001894 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001895 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1896 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001897
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001898 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1899 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1900 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1901 // incomplete types are not object types.
1902 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1903 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1904 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1905 return ExprError();
1906 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001907
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001908 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001909 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001910 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1911 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001912
1913 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1914 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1915 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1916 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1917 return ExprError();
1918 }
1919
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001920 Base.release();
1921 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001922 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001923 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001924}
1925
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001926QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001927CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001928 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001929 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001930
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001931 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1932 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001933
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001934 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001935 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1936 // to be selected.
1937 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001938
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001939 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1940 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001941 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001942
1943 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1944 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001945 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001946 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1947 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001948 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001949 do
1950 compStr++;
1951 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001952 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001953 do
1954 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001955 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001956 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001957
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001958 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001959 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1960 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001961 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1962 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001963 return QualType();
1964 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001965
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001966 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1967 // operates on.
1968 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1969 compStr = CompName.getName();
1970
1971 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001972 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001973
1974 while (*compStr) {
1975 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1976 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1977 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1978 return QualType();
1979 }
1980 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001981 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001982
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001983 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1984 // number of elements.
1985 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001986 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001987 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001988 return QualType();
1989 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001990
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001991 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001992 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001993 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001994 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001995 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001996 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1997 : CompName.getLength();
1998 if (HexSwizzle)
1999 CompSize--;
2000
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002001 if (CompSize == 1)
2002 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002003
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002004 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002005 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002006 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2007 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2008 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2009 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002010 }
2011 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002012}
2013
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002014static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2015 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002016 const Selector &Sel,
2017 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002018
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002019 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002020 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002021 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002022 return OMD;
2023
2024 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2025 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002026 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2027 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002028 return D;
2029 }
2030 return 0;
2031}
2032
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002033static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002034 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002035 const Selector &Sel,
2036 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002037 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2038 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002039 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002040 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002041 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002042 GDecl = PD;
2043 break;
2044 }
2045 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002046 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002047 GDecl = OMD;
2048 break;
2049 }
2050 }
2051 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002052 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002053 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2054 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002055 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002056 if (GDecl)
2057 return GDecl;
2058 }
2059 }
2060 return GDecl;
2061}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002062
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002063/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2064/// all base class implementations.
2065///
2066ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2067 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2068 const Selector &Sel) {
2069 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002070 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002071 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002072
2073 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2074 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2075 return Method;
2076}
2077
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002078Action::OwningExprResult
2079Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2080 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002081 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002082 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002083 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002084 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002085
2086 // Perform default conversions.
2087 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002088
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002089 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2090 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002091
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002092 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2093 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002094 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002095 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002096 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2097 BaseExpr, true,
2098 OpLoc,
2099 DeclarationName(&Member),
2100 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002101 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002102 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002103 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2104 ;
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002105 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002106 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2107 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002108 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002109 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2110 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2111 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002112 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002113 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2114 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2115 // (so we'll report an error for)
2116 // T* t;
2117 // t.f;
2118 //
2119 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2120 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2121 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002122 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002123
2124 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2125 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002126 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2127 BaseExpr, false,
2128 OpLoc,
2129 DeclarationName(&Member),
2130 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002131 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002132 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002133
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002134 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2135 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002136 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002137 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002138 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002139 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2140 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2141 return ExprError();
2142
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002143 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002144 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002145 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002146 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002147 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002148
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002149 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002150 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2151 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002152 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002153 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2154 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2155 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002156 }
2157
2158 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002159
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002160 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2161 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2162 // error cases.
2163 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2164 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002165
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002166 // Check the use of this field
2167 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2168 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002169
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002170 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002171 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2172 // (C++ [class.union]).
2173 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002174 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002175 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002176
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002177 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002178 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002179 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002180 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2181 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002182 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002183 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2184 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002185 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002186 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2187 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002188 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2189 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002190 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002191
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002192 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002193 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2194 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002195 }
2196
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002197 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2198 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002199 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002200 Var, MemberLoc,
2201 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002202 }
2203 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2204 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002205 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002206 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2207 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002208 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002209 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2210 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002211 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002212 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002213 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2214 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002215 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2216 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002217 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002218 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002219 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2220 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002221
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002222 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2223 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2224 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002225 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2226 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2227 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002228 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002229
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002230 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002231 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002232 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2233 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2234 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2235 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2236 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2237 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2238 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2239 // Check the use of this method.
2240 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2241 return ExprError();
2242 }
2243 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2244 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2245 Selector SetterSel =
2246 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2247 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2248 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2249 if (!Setter) {
2250 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2251 // methods.
2252 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2253 }
2254 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002255 if (!Setter)
2256 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002257
2258 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2259 return ExprError();
2260
2261 if (Getter || Setter) {
2262 QualType PType;
2263
2264 if (Getter)
2265 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2266 else {
2267 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2268 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2269 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2270 }
2271 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2272 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2273 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2274 }
2275 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2276 << &Member << BaseType);
2277 }
2278 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002279 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2280 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002281 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2282 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2283 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2284 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2285 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002286 if (IFaceT) {
2287 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2288 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2289 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2290
2291 if (IV) {
2292 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2293 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2294 // error cases.
2295 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2296 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002297
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002298 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2299 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2300 return ExprError();
2301 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2302 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2303 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2304 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2305 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2306 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2307 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2308 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2309 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2310 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2311 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2312 // AST for a function decl.
2313 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2314 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2315 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2316 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2317 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2318 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2319 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2320 }
2321
2322 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2323 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2324 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2325 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2326 << IV->getDeclName();
2327 }
2328 // @protected
2329 else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2330 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2331 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002332 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002333
2334 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2335 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2336 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002337 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002338 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2339 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2340 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002341 }
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002342 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2343 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2344 if (&Member == &Context.Idents.get("isa"))
2345 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2346 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002347 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002348 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2349 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2350 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2351 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2352
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002353 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2354 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2355 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2356 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2357 // Check the use of this declaration
2358 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2359 return ExprError();
2360
2361 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2362 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2363 }
2364 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2365 // Check the use of this method.
2366 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2367 return ExprError();
2368
2369 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2370 OMD->getResultType(),
2371 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2372 NULL, 0));
2373 }
2374 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002376 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2377 << &Member << BaseType);
2378 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002379 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2380 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002381 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2382 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2383 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2384 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2385 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2386
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002387 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002388 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002389 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2390 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2391 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002392 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2393 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002394 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002395 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2396 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002397 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002398 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2399 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002400 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002401 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2402 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002403 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002404 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2405 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2406 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002407
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002408 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002409 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2410 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002411 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2412 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2413 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2414 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2415 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2416 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002417
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002418 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2419 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2420 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002421 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2422 // selector is implemented.
2423
2424 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2425 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2426
2427 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002428 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002429
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002430 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2431 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002432 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002433
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002434 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002435 if (!Getter)
2436 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002437 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002438 // Check if we can reference this property.
2439 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2440 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002441 }
2442 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2443 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2444 Selector SetterSel =
2445 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2446 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002447 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002448 if (!Setter) {
2449 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2450 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002451 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002452 }
2453 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002454 if (!Setter)
2455 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002456
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002457 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2458 return ExprError();
2459
2460 if (Getter || Setter) {
2461 QualType PType;
2462
2463 if (Getter)
2464 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2465 else {
2466 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2467 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2468 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2469 }
2470 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2471 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2472 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2473 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002474 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2475 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002476 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002477
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002478 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2479 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2480 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2481 &Member == &Context.Idents.get("isa"))
2482 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2483 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2484
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002485 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002486 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002487 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2488 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002489 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002490 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002491 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002492 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002493
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002494 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2495 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2496
2497 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2498 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2499 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2500 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2501 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2502 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002503 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002504 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2505 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2506 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2507 }
2508
2509 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002510}
2511
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002512/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2513/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2514/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2515/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2516/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2517/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002518bool
2519Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002520 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002521 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002522 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2523 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002524 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002525 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2526 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2527 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002528 bool Invalid = false;
2529
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002530 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2531 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2532 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2533 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2534 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2535 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2536 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2537 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002538 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002539 }
2540
2541 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2542 // them.
2543 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2544 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2545 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2546 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2547 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2548 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2549 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2550 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002551 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002552 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002553 }
2554 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2555 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002556
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002557 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2558 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2559 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002560
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002561 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002562 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002563 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002564
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002565 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2566 ProtoArgType,
2567 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2568 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2569 return true;
2570
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002571 // Pass the argument.
2572 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2573 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002574 } else {
2575 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2576 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2577 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2578 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2579 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2580 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002581 } else {
2582 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2583
2584 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2585 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2586 // be properly destroyed.
2587 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2588 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2589 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2590 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2591 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2592 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2593 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002594 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002595
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002596 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002597 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002598 }
2599
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002600 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002601
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002602 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2603 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002604
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002605 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2606 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002607 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2608 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2609 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2610 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2611 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2612
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002613 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2614 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2615 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002616 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002617 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2618 }
2619 }
2620
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002621 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002622}
2623
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002624/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002625/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2626/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002627Action::OwningExprResult
2628Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2629 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002630 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002631 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002632 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002633 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002634 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002635 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002636 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002637 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002638
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002639 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002640 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002641 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002642 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2643 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002644 bool Dependent = false;
2645 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2646 Dependent = true;
2647 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2648 Dependent = true;
2649
2650 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002651 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002652 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2653
2654 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2655 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2656 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2657 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2658
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002659 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002660 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2661 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2662 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2663 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2664 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2665 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2666 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002667 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2668 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002669 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002670 }
2671
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002672 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002673 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2674 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002675 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2676 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002677 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2678 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2679 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002680 while (true) {
2681 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2682 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2683 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002684 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002685 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002686 ADL = false;
2687 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2688 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002689 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002690 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2691 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002692 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002693 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2694 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002695 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002696 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002697 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002698 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2699 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2700 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002701 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2702 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2703 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002704 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2705 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2706 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2707
2708 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2709 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2710 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2711 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2712 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2713 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2714 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2715 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2716 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2717 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2718 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2719 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2720 //
2721 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2722 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2723 // is still possible.
2724 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2725 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002726 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002727 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002728 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2729 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2730 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002731 break;
2732 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002733 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002734
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002735 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002736 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002737 if (NDecl) {
2738 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2739 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002740 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2741 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002742 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2743 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002744 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002745
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002746 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2747 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002748 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002749 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002750 ADL = false;
2751
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002752 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2753 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2754 ADL = false;
2755
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002756 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002757 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2758 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2759 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2760 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2761 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2762 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002763 if (!FDecl)
2764 return ExprError();
2765
2766 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2767 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002768 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002769 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002770 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2771 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2772 false, false,
2773 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2774 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002775 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002776 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002777 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2778 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2779 Fn = NewFn;
2780 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002781 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002782
2783 // Promote the function operand.
2784 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2785
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002786 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2787 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002788 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2789 Args, NumArgs,
2790 Context.BoolTy,
2791 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002792
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002793 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2794 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2795 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2796 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002797 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002798 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002799 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2800 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002801 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2802 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002803 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002804 getAsFunctionType();
2805 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002806 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002807 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2808 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2809
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002810 // Check for a valid return type
2811 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2812 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2813 FuncT->getResultType(),
2814 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2815 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2816 return ExprError();
2817
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002818 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002819 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002820
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002821 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002822 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002823 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002824 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002825 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002826 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002827
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002828 if (FDecl) {
2829 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2830 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2831 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002832 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002833 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2834 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2835 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2836 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2837 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2838 }
2839 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002840 }
2841
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002842 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002843 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2844 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2845 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002846 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2847 Arg->getType(),
2848 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2849 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2850 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002851 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002852 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002853 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002854
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002855 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2856 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002857 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2858 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002859
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002860 // Check for sentinels
2861 if (NDecl)
2862 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002863 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002864 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002865 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002866 if (NDecl)
2867 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002868
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002869 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002870}
2871
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002872Action::OwningExprResult
2873Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2874 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002875 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002876 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002877 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002878 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002879 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002880
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002881 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002882 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002883 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2884 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002885 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2886 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2887 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002888 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002889 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002890
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002891 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002892 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002893 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002894
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002895 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002896 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002897 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002898 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002899 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002900 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002901 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002902 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002903}
2904
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002905Action::OwningExprResult
2906Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002907 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2908 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2909 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002910
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002911 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002912 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002913
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002914 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002915 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002916 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002917 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002918}
2919
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002920/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002921bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002922 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2923
2924 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2925 // type needs to be scalar.
2926 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2927 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002928 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2929 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002930 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002931 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2932 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2933 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2934 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002935 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002936 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2937 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2938 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2939 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002940 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002941 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002942 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002943 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2944 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2945 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2946 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2947 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2948 break;
2949 }
2950 }
2951 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2952 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2953 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2954 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002955 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002956 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002957 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002958 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002959 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002960 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002961 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2962 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002963 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002964 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2965 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002966 return true;
2967 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2968 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2969 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002970 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2971 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2972 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002973 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002974 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002975 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2976 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2977 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2978 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2979 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2980 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2981 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2982 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2983 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2984 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2985 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002986 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002987 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2988 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002989 return false;
2990}
2991
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002992bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002993 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002994
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002995 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002996 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002997 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002998 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002999 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003000 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003001 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003002 } else
3003 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003004 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003005 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003006
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003007 return false;
3008}
3009
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003010bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3011 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3012
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003013 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3014 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003015 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3016 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3017 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3018 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3019 return false;
3020 }
3021
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003022 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003023 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3024 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003025 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3026 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3027 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3028 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003029 return false;
3030}
3031
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003032Action::OwningExprResult
3033Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3034 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3035 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3036 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003037
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003038 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003039 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3040
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003041 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003042 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003043 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003044 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003045}
3046
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003047/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3048/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003049/// C99 6.5.15
3050QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3051 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003052 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3053 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3054 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3055
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003056 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3057 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3058 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3059 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3060 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3061 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003062
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003063 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003064 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3065 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3066 << CondTy;
3067 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003068 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003069
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003070 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003071
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003072 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3073 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003074 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3075 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3076 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003077 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003078
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003079 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3080 // type.
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003081 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3082 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003083 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003084 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003085 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003086 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003087 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003088 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003089
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003090 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003091 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003092 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3093 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3094 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3095 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3096 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3097 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3098 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3099 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3100 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003101 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003102 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003103 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3104 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003105 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003106 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3107 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3108 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003109 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003110 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003111 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3112 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3113 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003114 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003115 // Handle block pointer types.
3116 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3117 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3118 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3119 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3120 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3121 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3122 return destType;
3123 }
3124 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3125 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3126 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003127 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003128 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3129 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3130 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003131 return LHSTy;
3132 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003133 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003134 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3135 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003136
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003137 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3138 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003139 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3140 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3141 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3142 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3143 // to get a consistent AST.
3144 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3145 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3146 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3147 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003148 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003149 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3150 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3151 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003152 return LHSTy;
3153 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003154 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003155 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003156
3157 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3158 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3159 return LHSTy;
3160 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003161 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3162 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003163 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3164
3165 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3166 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3167 // type. This allows
3168 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3169 // where B is a subclass of A.
3170 //
3171 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3172 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3173 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3174 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3175
3176 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3177 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003178 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003179 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003180 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003181 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003182 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3183 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003184 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003185 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3186 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3187 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3188 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3189 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3190 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003191 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3192 } else {
3193 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3194 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3195 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3196 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3197 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3198 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3199 return incompatTy;
3200 }
3201 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3202 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3203 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3204 return compositeType;
3205 }
3206 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3207 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3208 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003209 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3210 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003211
3212 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3213 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3214 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3215 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3216 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3217 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3218 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3219 return destType;
3220 }
3221 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3222 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3223 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3224 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3225 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3226 return destType;
3227 }
3228
3229 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3230 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3231 return LHSTy;
3232 }
3233 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3234 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3235 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3236 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3237 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3238 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3239 // to get a consistent AST.
3240 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3241 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3242 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3243 return incompatTy;
3244 }
3245 // The pointer types are compatible.
3246 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3247 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3248 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3249 // type.
3250 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3251 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3252 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3253 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3254 return LHSTy;
3255 }
3256
3257 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3258 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3259 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3260 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3261 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3262 return RHSTy;
3263 }
3264 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3265 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3266 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3267 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3268 return LHSTy;
3269 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003270
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003271 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003272 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3273 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003274 return QualType();
3275}
3276
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003277/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003278/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003279Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3280 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3281 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3282 ExprArg RHS) {
3283 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3284 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003285
3286 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3287 // was the condition.
3288 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3289 if (isLHSNull)
3290 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003291
3292 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003293 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003294 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003295 return ExprError();
3296
3297 Cond.release();
3298 LHS.release();
3299 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003300 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003301 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3302 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003303}
3304
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003305// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003306// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003307// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3308// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3309// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003310Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003311Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3312 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003313
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003314 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003315 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3316 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003317
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003318 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003319 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3320 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003321
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003322 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003323
3324 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3325 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3326 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003327 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003328 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003329 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003330
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003331 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3332 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003333 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003334 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003335 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003336 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003337
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003338 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003339 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3340 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003341 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003342
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003343 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003344 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003345 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003346
3347 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003348 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3349 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003350 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003351 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003352 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003353 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3354 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3355 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3356 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3357 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3358 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3359 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3360 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3361 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3362 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3363 }
3364 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3365 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3366 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3367 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3368 }
3369 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3370 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3371 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3372 // warning can be disabled.
3373 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3374 return ConvTy;
3375 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3376 }
3377 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3378 return IncompatiblePointer;
3379 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003380 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003381}
3382
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003383/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3384/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3385/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3386// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003387Sema::AssignConvertType
3388Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003389 QualType rhsType) {
3390 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003391
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003392 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003393 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3394 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003395
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003396 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3397 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3398 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003399
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003400 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003401
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003402 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3403 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3404 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003405
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003406 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003407 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003408 return ConvTy;
3409}
3410
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003411/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3412/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003413/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3414///
3415/// int a, *pint;
3416/// short *pshort;
3417/// struct foo *pfoo;
3418///
3419/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3420/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3421/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3422/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3423///
3424/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003425/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003426///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003427Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003428Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003429 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3430 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003431 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3432 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003433
3434 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003435 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003436
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003437 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3438 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3439 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3440 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3441 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3442 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3443 // type.
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003444 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003445 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003446 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003447 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003448 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003449 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3450 // to the same ExtVector type.
3451 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3452 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3453 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3454 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3455 return Compatible;
3456 }
3457
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003458 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003459 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003460 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003461 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003462 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3463 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003464 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003465 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003466 }
3467 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003468 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003469
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003470 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003471 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003472
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003473 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003474 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003475 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003476
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003477 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003478 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003479
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003480 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003481 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003482 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3483 return Compatible;
3484 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003485 }
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003486 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
3487 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003488 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003489
3490 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003491 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003492 return Compatible;
3493 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003494 return Incompatible;
3495 }
3496
3497 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3498 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003499 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003500
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003501 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003502 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003503 return Compatible;
3504
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003505 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3506 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003507
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003508 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003509 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003510 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003511 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003512 return Incompatible;
3513 }
3514
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003515 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3516 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3517 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003518
3519 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003520 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003521 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3522 return Compatible;
3523 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003524 }
3525 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003526 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3527 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003528 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3529 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003530 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3531 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003532 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003533 }
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003534 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003535 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3536 return Compatible;
3537 }
3538 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3539 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3540 return Compatible;
3541 return Incompatible;
3542 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003543 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003544 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003545 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3546 return Compatible;
3547
3548 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003549 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003550
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003551 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003552 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003553
3554 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003555 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003556 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003557 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003558 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003559 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3560 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3561 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3562 return Compatible;
3563
3564 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3565 return PointerToInt;
3566
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003567 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003568 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003569 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3570 return Compatible;
3571 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003572 }
3573 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003574 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003575 return Compatible;
3576 return Incompatible;
3577 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003578
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003579 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003580 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003581 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003582 }
3583 return Incompatible;
3584}
3585
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003586/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3587/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3588static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3589 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3590 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3591 // of the transparent union.
3592 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3593 &E, 1,
3594 SourceLocation());
3595 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3596 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3597
3598 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3599 // union type from this initializer list.
3600 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3601 false);
3602}
3603
3604Sema::AssignConvertType
3605Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3606 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3607
3608 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3609 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3610 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003611 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003612 return Incompatible;
3613
3614 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3615 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3616 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3617 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003618 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3619 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003620 it != itend; ++it) {
3621 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3622 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3623 // 1) void pointer
3624 // 2) null pointer constant
3625 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003626 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003627 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3628 InitField = *it;
3629 break;
3630 }
3631
3632 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3633 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3634 InitField = *it;
3635 break;
3636 }
3637 }
3638
3639 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3640 == Compatible) {
3641 InitField = *it;
3642 break;
3643 }
3644 }
3645
3646 if (!InitField)
3647 return Incompatible;
3648
3649 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3650 return Compatible;
3651}
3652
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003653Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003654Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003655 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3656 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3657 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3658 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3659 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003660 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3661 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003662 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003663 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003664 }
3665
3666 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3667 // structures.
3668 }
3669
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003670 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3671 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003672 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003673 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003674 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003675 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003676 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003677 return Compatible;
3678 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003679
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003680 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003681 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003682 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003683 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003684 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003685 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003686 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3687 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003688
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003689 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3690 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003691
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003692 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3693 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003694 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3695 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3696 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3697 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003698 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003699 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003700 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003701}
3702
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003703QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003704 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003705 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003706 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003707 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003708}
3709
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003710inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003711 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003712 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003713 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003714 QualType lhsType =
3715 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3716 QualType rhsType =
3717 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003718
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003719 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003720 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003721 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003722
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003723 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3724 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003725 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3726 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3727 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003728 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3729 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003730 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003731 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003732 }
3733 }
3734 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003735
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003736 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3737 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3738 bool swapped = false;
3739 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3740 swapped = true;
3741 std::swap(rex, lex);
3742 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3743 }
3744
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003745 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003746 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3747 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3748 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3749 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003750 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003751 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3752 return lhsType;
3753 }
3754 }
3755 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3756 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3757 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003758 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003759 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3760 return lhsType;
3761 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003762 }
3763 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003764
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003765 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003766 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003767 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003768 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003769 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003770}
3771
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003772inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003773 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003774{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003775 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003776 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003777
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003778 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003779
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003780 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003781 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003782 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003783}
3784
3785inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003786 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003787{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003788 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3789 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3790 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3791 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3792 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003793
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003794 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003795
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003796 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003797 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003798 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003799}
3800
3801inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003802 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003803{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003804 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3805 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3806 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3807 return compType;
3808 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003809
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003810 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003811
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003812 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003813 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3814 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3815 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003816 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003817 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003818
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003819 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3820 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003821 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003822 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3823
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003824 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003825
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003826 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003827 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003828
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003829 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3830 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003831 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3832 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003833 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003834 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003835 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003836
3837 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3838 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3839 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003840 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003841 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3842 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3843 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3844 return QualType();
3845 }
3846
3847 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3848 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3849 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003850 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003851 // Check if we require a complete type.
3852 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003853 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003854 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3855 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3856 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3857 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3858 PExp->getType()))
3859 return QualType();
3860 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003861 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3862 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3863 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3864 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3865 return QualType();
3866 }
3867
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003868 if (CompLHSTy) {
3869 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3870 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3871 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003872 else {
3873 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3874 if (!T.isNull())
3875 LHSTy = T;
3876 }
3877
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003878 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3879 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003880 return PExp->getType();
3881 }
3882 }
3883
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003884 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003885}
3886
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003887// C99 6.5.6
3888QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003889 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3890 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3891 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3892 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3893 return compType;
3894 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003895
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003896 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003898 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003899
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003900 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003901 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3902 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003903 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003904 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003905 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003906
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003907 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003908 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003909 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003910
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003911 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003912
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003913 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3914 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3915 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3916 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3917 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3918 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3919 return QualType();
3920 }
3921
3922 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3923 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3924 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3925 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3926 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003927 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003928 return QualType();
3929 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003930
3931 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3932 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3933 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3934 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3935 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3936 lex->getSourceRange(),
3937 SourceRange(),
3938 lex->getType()))
3939 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003940
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003941 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3942 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3943 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3944 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3945 return QualType();
3946 }
3947
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003948 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003949 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3950 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3951 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3952 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3953 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3954 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3955 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3956 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3957
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003958 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003959 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003960 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003961
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003962 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003963 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003964 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003965
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003966 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3967 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3968 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3969 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3970 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3971 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3972 return QualType();
3973 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003974
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003975 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3976 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3977 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3978 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003979 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003980 return QualType();
3981 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003982
3983 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3984 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3985 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3986 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3987 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3988 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3989 rex->getSourceRange(),
3990 SourceRange(),
3991 rex->getType()))
3992 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003993
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003994 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3995 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3996 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3997 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3998 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3999 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4000 return QualType();
4001 }
4002 } else {
4003 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4004 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4005 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4006 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4007 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4008 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4009 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4010 return QualType();
4011 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004012 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004013
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004014 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4015 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4016 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4017 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4018 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4019 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4020 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004021
4022 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004023 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4024 }
4025 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004026
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004027 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004028}
4029
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004030// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004031QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004032 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004033 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4034 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004035 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004036
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004037 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4038 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004039 QualType LHSTy;
4040 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4041 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004042 else {
4043 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4044 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4045 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4046 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004047 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004048 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4049
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004050 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004051
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004052 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004053 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004054}
4055
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004056// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004057QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004058 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4059 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4060
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004061 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004062 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004063
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004064 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004065 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4066 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4067 else {
4068 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4069 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4070 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004071 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4072 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004074 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4075 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004076 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4077 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4078 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004079 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4080 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004081 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4082 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4083 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4084 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004085 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4086 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004087 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004088
4089 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4090 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4091 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4092 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4093
4094 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4095 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004096 Expr *literalString = 0;
4097 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004098 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004099 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4100 literalString = lex;
4101 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
4102 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004103 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4104 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004105 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4106 literalString = rex;
4107 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4108 }
4109
4110 if (literalString) {
4111 std::string resultComparison;
4112 switch (Opc) {
4113 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4114 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4115 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4116 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4117 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4118 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4119 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4120 }
4121 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4122 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4123 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004124 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4125 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4126 "strcmp(")
4127 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4128 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004129 resultComparison);
4130 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004131 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004132
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004133 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004134 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004135
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004136 if (isRelational) {
4137 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004138 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004139 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004140 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004141 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004142 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004143 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004144 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004145
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004146 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004147 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004148 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004150 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4151 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004152
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004153 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4154 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4155 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004156 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004157 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004158 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004159 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004160 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004161
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004162 if (isRelational) {
4163 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004164 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4165 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4166 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004167 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4168 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4169 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4170 }
4171 } else {
4172 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4173 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4174 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4175 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4176 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004177 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004178
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004179 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4180 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4181 return ResultTy;
4182
4183 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4184 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4185 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4186 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4187 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4188 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4189 //
4190 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4191 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004192 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004193 if (T.isNull()) {
4194 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4195 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4196 return QualType();
4197 }
4198
4199 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4200 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4201 return ResultTy;
4202 }
4203
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004204 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004205 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4206 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004207 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004208 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004209 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004210 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004211 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004212 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004213 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004214 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4215 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4216 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4217 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4218 return ResultTy;
4219 }
4220 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4221 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4222 return ResultTy;
4223 }
4224 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4225 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4226 return ResultTy;
4227 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004228 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004229 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004230 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4231 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004232
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004233 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004234 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004235 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004236 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004237 }
4238 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004239 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004240 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004241 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004242 if (!isRelational
4243 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4244 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004245 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004246 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004247 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004248 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004249 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4250 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4251 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004252 }
4253 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004254 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004255 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004256
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004257 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004258 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004259 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4260 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004261 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004262 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004263 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004264 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004265
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004266 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4267 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004268 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004269 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004270 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004271 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004272 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004273 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004274 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4275 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4276 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4277 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4278 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004279 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004280 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004281 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004282 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004283 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004284 if (isRelational)
4285 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4286 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4287 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004288 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004289 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004290 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004291 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004292 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004293 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004294 if (isRelational)
4295 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4296 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4297 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004298 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004299 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004300 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004301 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004302 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004303 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004304 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4305 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004306 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004307 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004308 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004309 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4310 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004311 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004312 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004313 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004314 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004315}
4316
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004317/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004318/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004319/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4320/// types.
4321QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004322 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004323 bool isRelational) {
4324 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4325 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004326 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004327 if (vType.isNull())
4328 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004329
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004330 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4331 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004332
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004333 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4334 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4335 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4336 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4337 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4338 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4339 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004340 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004341 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004342
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004343 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4344 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4345 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004346 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004347 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004348
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004349 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4350 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4351 // elements for floating point vectors.
4352 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4353 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004354
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004355 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004356 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004357 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004358 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004359 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004360 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4361
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004362 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004363 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004364 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4365}
4366
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004367inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004369{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004370 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004371 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004372
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004373 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004374
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004375 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004376 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004377 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004378}
4379
4380inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004381 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004382{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004383 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4384 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004385
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004386 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004387 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004388 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004389}
4390
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004391/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4392/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4393/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4394///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004395static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004396{
4397 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4398 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4399 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4400 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004401 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4402 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4403 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4404 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4405 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004406 }
4407 }
4408 return false;
4409}
4410
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004411/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4412/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4413static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004414 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4415 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4416 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004417 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4418 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004419 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4420 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004422 unsigned Diag = 0;
4423 bool NeedType = false;
4424 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4425 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4426 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004427 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004428 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4429 NeedType = true;
4430 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004431 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004432 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4433 NeedType = true;
4434 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004435 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004436 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4437 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004438 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004439 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4440 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004441 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4442 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004443 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004444 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4445 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004446 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004447 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4448 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004449 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004450 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4451 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004452 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4453 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4454 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004455 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4456 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4457 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004458 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004459
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004460 SourceRange Assign;
4461 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4462 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004463 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004464 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004465 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004466 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004467 return true;
4468}
4469
4470
4471
4472// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004473QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4474 SourceLocation Loc,
4475 QualType CompoundType) {
4476 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4477 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004478 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004479
4480 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4481 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004482
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004483 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004484 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004485 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004486 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004487 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4488 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4489 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004490 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004491 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004492 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004493 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004494
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004495 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4496 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4497 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004498 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004499 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4500 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4501 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4502 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4503 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004504 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004505 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004506 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4507 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4508 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004509 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4510 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4512 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4513 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004514 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004515 }
4516 } else {
4517 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004518 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004519 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004520
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004521 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4522 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004523 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004524
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004525 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4526 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004527 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004528 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4529 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004530 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004531 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004532 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004533}
4534
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004535// C99 6.5.17
4536QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004537 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004538 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004539
4540 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4541 // incomplete in C++).
4542
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004543 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004544}
4545
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004546/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4547/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004548QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4549 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004550 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4551 return Context.DependentTy;
4552
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004553 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4554 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004555
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004556 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4557 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4558 if (!isInc) {
4559 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4560 return QualType();
4561 }
4562 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4563 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4564 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004565 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004566 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4567 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004568
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004569 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004570 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004571 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4572 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4573 << Op->getSourceRange();
4574 return QualType();
4575 }
4576
4577 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004578 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004579 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004580 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4581 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4582 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4583 return QualType();
4584 }
4585
4586 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004587 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004588 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004589 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4590 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4591 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004592 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004593 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4594 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4595 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4596 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4597 return QualType();
4598 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004599 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4600 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4601 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004602 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004603 } else {
4604 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004605 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004606 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004607 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004608 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004609 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004610 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004611 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004612 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004613}
4614
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004615/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004616/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004617/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4618/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4619/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4620/// - &(x) => x
4621/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4622/// - &s.xx => s
4623/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4624/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4625/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4626/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004627static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004628 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004629 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004630 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004631 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004632 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004633 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4634 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4635 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004636 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004637 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004638 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004639 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004640 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004641 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4642 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004643 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4644 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4645 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4646 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4647 }
4648 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004649 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004650 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4651 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004652
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004653 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004654 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4655 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4656 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4657 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4658 default:
4659 return 0;
4660 }
4661 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004662 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004663 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004664 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004665 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4666 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004667 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004668 default:
4669 return 0;
4670 }
4671}
4672
4673/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004674/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004675/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004676/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004677/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004678/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004679/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004680QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004681 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4682 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4683
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004684 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4685 return Context.DependentTy;
4686
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004687 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4688 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4689 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4690 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4691 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4692 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4693 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4694 }
4695 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4696 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4697 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004698 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004699 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004700
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004701 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4702 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004703 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004704 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004705 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004706 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4707 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004708 return QualType();
4709 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004710 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004711 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4712 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4713 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004714 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004715 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4716 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004717 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004718 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004719 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004720 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004721 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4722 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4723 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4724 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4725 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004726 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004728 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4729 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4730 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004731 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4732 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004733 return QualType();
4734 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004735 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4736 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004737 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004738 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004739 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004740 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4741 // scope qualifier for the class.
4742 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4743 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004744 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4745 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4746 Diag(OpLoc,
4747 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4748 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4749 return QualType();
4750 }
4751
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004752 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4753 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004754 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004755 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004756 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004757 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004758 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004759 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4760 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4761 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4762 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004763 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004764 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004765
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004766 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4767 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4768 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4769 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4770 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4771 }
4772
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004773 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4774 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4775}
4776
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004777QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004778 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4779 return Context.DependentTy;
4780
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004781 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4782 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004783
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004784 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4785 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4786 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4787 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004788 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004789 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004790
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004791 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4792 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4793
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004794 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004795 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004796 return QualType();
4797}
4798
4799static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4800 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4801 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4802 switch (Kind) {
4803 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004804 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4805 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004806 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4807 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4808 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4809 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4810 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4811 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4812 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4813 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4814 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4815 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4816 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4817 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4818 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4819 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4820 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4821 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4822 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4823 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4824 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4825 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4826 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4827 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4828 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4829 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4830 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4831 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4832 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4833 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4834 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4835 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4836 }
4837 return Opc;
4838}
4839
4840static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4841 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4842 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4843 switch (Kind) {
4844 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4845 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4846 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4847 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4848 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4849 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4850 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4851 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4852 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004853 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4854 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4855 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4856 }
4857 return Opc;
4858}
4859
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004860/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4861/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4862/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004863Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4864 unsigned Op,
4865 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004866 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004867 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004868 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4869 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4870 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004871
4872 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004873 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4874 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4875 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004876 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4877 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4878 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4879 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4880 break;
4881 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004882 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4883 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4884 break;
4885 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4886 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4887 break;
4888 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4889 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4890 break;
4891 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4892 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4893 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004894 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004895 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4896 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4897 break;
4898 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4899 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4900 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4901 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004902 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004903 break;
4904 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4905 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004906 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004907 break;
4908 case BinaryOperator::And:
4909 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4910 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4911 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4912 break;
4913 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4914 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4915 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4916 break;
4917 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4918 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004919 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4920 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4921 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4922 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004923 break;
4924 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004925 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4926 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4927 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4928 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004929 break;
4930 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004931 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4932 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4933 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004934 break;
4935 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004936 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4937 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4938 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004939 break;
4940 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4941 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004942 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4943 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4944 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4945 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004946 break;
4947 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4948 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4949 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004950 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4951 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4952 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4953 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004954 break;
4955 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4956 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4957 break;
4958 }
4959 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004960 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004961 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004962 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4963 else
4964 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004965 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4966 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004967}
4968
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004969// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004970Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4971 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4972 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004973 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004974 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004975
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004976 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4977 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004978
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004979 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4980 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4981 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4982 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4983 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4984 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4985 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004986 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004987 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4988 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4989 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4990 Functions);
4991 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4992 DeclarationName OpName
4993 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4994 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004995 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004996
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004997 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4998 // binary operation.
4999 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005000 }
5001
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005002 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5003 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005004}
5005
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005006Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5007 unsigned OpcIn,
5008 ExprArg InputArg) {
5009 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005010
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005011 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005012 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005013 QualType resultType;
5014 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005015 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5016 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5017 break;
5018
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005019 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5020 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005021 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5022 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005023 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005024 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5025 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005026 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005027 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005028 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5029 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005030 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005031 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005032 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5033 break;
5034 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5035 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005036 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5037 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005038 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5039 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005040 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5041 break;
5042 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5043 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5044 break;
5045 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5046 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5047 resultType->isPointerType())
5048 break;
5049
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005050 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5051 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005052 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005053 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5054 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005055 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5056 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005057 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5058 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5059 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005060 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005061 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005062 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005063 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5064 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005065 break;
5066 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5067 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005068 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5069 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005070 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5071 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005072 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005073 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5074 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005075 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005076 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5077 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005078 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005079 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005080 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005081 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005082 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005083 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005084 resultType = Input->getType();
5085 break;
5086 }
5087 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005088 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005089
5090 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005091 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005092}
5093
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005094// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5095Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5096 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5097 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5098 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5099
5100 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5101 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5102 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5103 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5104 // the arguments.
5105 FunctionSet Functions;
5106 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5107 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5108 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5109 Functions);
5110 DeclarationName OpName
5111 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5112 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5113 }
5114
5115 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5116 }
5117
5118 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5119}
5120
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005121/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005122Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5123 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5124 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005125 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005126 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005127
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005128 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5129 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005130 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005131 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005132
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005133 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005134 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5135 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005136}
5137
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005138Sema::OwningExprResult
5139Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5140 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5141 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005142 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5143 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5144
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005145 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005146 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005147 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005148
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005149 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5150 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5151 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005152
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005153 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5154 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5155 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005156
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005157 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5158 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5159 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5160 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5161 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005162
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005163 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005164 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005165 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005166
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005167 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5168 // expressions are not lvalues.
5169
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005170 substmt.release();
5171 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005172}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005173
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005174Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5175 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5176 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5177 TypeTy *argty,
5178 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5179 unsigned NumComponents,
5180 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5181 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5182 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005183 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5184 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005185
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005186 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5187
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005188 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5189 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5190 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005191 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005192 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005193
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005194 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5195 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005196
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005197 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5198 // the offsetof designators.
5199 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5200 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005201 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005202 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005203
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005204 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5205 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005206 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5207 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005208 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005209 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5210 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005211
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005212 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005213 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005214
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005215 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5216 // leaks like a sieve.
5217 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5218 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5219 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5220 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5221 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5222 if (!AT) {
5223 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005224 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5225 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005226 }
5227
5228 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5229
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005230 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5231 // expression.
5232 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5233
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005234 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5235 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005236 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005237 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005238 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005239 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005240 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005241
5242 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5243 OC.LocEnd);
5244 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005245 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005246
Ted Kremenek35366a62009-07-17 17:50:17 +00005247 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005248 if (!RC) {
5249 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005250 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5251 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005252 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005253
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005254 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5255 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005256 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005257 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005258 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5259 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5260 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005261 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5262 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005263 }
5264
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005265 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5266 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5267 LookupMemberName)
5268 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005269 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005270 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005271 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5272 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005273
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005274 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5275 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005276 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005277 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5278 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005279 } else {
5280 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5281 // doesn't matter here.
5282 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5283 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5284 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005285 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005286 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005287
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005288 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5289 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005290}
5291
5292
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005293Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5294 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5295 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005296 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5297 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005298
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005299 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005300
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005301 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5302 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5303 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5304 return ExprError();
5305 }
5306
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005307 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5308 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005309}
5310
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005311Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5312 ExprArg cond,
5313 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5314 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5315 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5316 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5317 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005318
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005319 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5320
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005321 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005322 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005323 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5324 } else {
5325 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5326 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5327 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5328 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005329 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5330 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5331 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005332
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005333 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5334 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5335 }
5336
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005337 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5338 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5339 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005340}
5341
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005342//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5343// Clang Extensions.
5344//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5345
5346/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005347void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005348 // Analyze block parameters.
5349 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005350
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005351 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5352 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5353 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005354
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005355 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005356 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005357 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005358 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5359 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005360
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005361 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005362 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005363}
5364
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005365void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005366 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005367
5368 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5369 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005370 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005371 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5372
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005373 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5374 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5375 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5376 return;
5377 }
5378
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005379 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5380 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5381 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5382
5383 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5384 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005385 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005386 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005387 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005388 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005389 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5390 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005391 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5392
5393 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5394 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5395 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5396 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5397 return;
5398 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005399 return;
5400 }
5401
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005402 // Analyze arguments to block.
5403 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5404 "Not a function declarator!");
5405 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005406
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005407 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5408 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005409
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005410 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5411 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5412 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5413 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005414 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5415 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005416 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005417 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005418 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5419 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005420 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005421 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005422 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005423 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005424 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005425 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005426 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005427 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5428 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5429 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5430 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5431 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005432
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005433 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005434 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005435 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005436 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005437 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005438 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5439 }
5440
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005441 // Analyze the return type.
5442 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5443 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5444
5445 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5446 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5447 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5448 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5449 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005450 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005451}
5452
5453/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5454/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5455void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5456 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5457 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005458
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005459 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5460
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005461 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005462 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005463 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005464 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005465}
5466
5467/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5468/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005469Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5470 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005471 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5472 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5473 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5474
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005475 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5476 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005477
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005478 PopDeclContext();
5479
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005480 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5481 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005482
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005483 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005484 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5485 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005486
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005487 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5488 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5489 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005490
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005491 QualType BlockTy;
5492 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman687abff2009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005493 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005494 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005495 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005496 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005497
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005498 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005499 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005500 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005501
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005502 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5503 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5504 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5505 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5506
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005507 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005508 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5509 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005510}
5511
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005512Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5513 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5514 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005515 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005516 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5517 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5518
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005519 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005520
5521 // Get the va_list type
5522 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005523 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5524 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5525 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5526 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005527 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005528 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5529 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5530 } else {
5531 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5532 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005533 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5534 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005535 return ExprError();
5536 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005537
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005538 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5539 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005540 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5541 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005542 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005543 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005544
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005545 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005546 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005547
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005548 expr.release();
5549 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5550 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005551}
5552
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005553Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005554 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5555 // pointers on the target.
5556 QualType Ty;
5557 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5558 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5559 else
5560 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5561
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005562 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005563}
5564
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005565bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5566 SourceLocation Loc,
5567 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5568 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5569 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5570 bool isInvalid = false;
5571 unsigned DiagKind;
5572 switch (ConvTy) {
5573 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5574 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005575 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005576 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5577 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005578 case IntToPointer:
5579 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5580 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005581 case IncompatiblePointer:
5582 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5583 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005584 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5585 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5586 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005587 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5588 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5589 break;
5590 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005591 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5592 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5593 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5594 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5595 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5596 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5597 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5598 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5599 // C++ semantics.
5600 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5601 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5602 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005603 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5604 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005605 case IntToBlockPointer:
5606 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5607 break;
5608 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005609 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005610 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005611 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005612 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005613 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5614 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5615 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005616 case IncompatibleVectors:
5617 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5618 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005619 case Incompatible:
5620 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5621 isInvalid = true;
5622 break;
5623 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005624
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005625 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5626 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005627 return isInvalid;
5628}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005629
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005630bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005631 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5632 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5633 if (Result)
5634 *Result = ICEResult;
5635 return false;
5636 }
5637
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005638 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5639
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005640 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005641 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5642 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5643
5644 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5645 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5646 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5647 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5648 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5649 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5650 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005651
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005652 return true;
5653 }
5654
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005655 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5656 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005657
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005658 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5659 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5660 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005661
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005662 if (Result)
5663 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5664 return false;
5665}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005666
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005667Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5668Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5669 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5670 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5671 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5672
5673 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5674 return NewContext;
5675}
5676
5677void
5678Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5679 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5680 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5681
5682 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5683 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5684 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5685 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5686 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5687 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5688 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5689
5690 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5691 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5692 I != IEnd; ++I)
5693 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5694 }
5695}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005696
5697/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5698///
5699/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5700/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5701/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5702/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5703///
5704/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5705///
5706/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5707void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5708 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5709
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005710 if (D->isUsed())
5711 return;
5712
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005713 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5714 // template or not.
5715 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5716 D->setUsed(true);
5717
5718 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5719 // an instantiation.
5720 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5721 return;
5722
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005723 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5724 case Unevaluated:
5725 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5726 return;
5727
5728 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5729 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5730 // "used"; handle this below.
5731 break;
5732
5733 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5734 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5735 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5736 // potentially evaluated.
5737 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5738 return;
5739 }
5740
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005741 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005742 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005743 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005744 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5745 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5746 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5747 }
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005748 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5749 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5750 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5751 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5752 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005753 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5754 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5755 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5756
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005757 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5758 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5759 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5760 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5761 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5762 }
5763 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005764 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005765 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5766 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005767 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005768 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5769 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5770 // instantiated, naturally).
5771 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5772 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005773 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005774 }
5775
5776
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005777 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005778 Function->setUsed(true);
5779 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005780 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005781
5782 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005783 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5784 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5785 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5786 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5787 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5788 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5789
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005790 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005791
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005792 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005793 return;
5794}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005795}
5796